Universe - Sample Issue

15
UNIVERSE 1 Vol 60 #4 Journal of the Astronomical Society of New South Wales Incorporated UNIVERSE UNIVERSE October 2011 Vol 60 #4 This ultra-wide-field mosaic of the Scorpius-Sagittarius region was taken by Marc Aragnou. More details p2.

Transcript of Universe - Sample Issue

Page 1: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 1 Vol 60 4

Journal of the Astronomical Society of New South Wales Incorporated

UNIVERSEUNIVERSE October 2011 Vol 60 4

This ultra-wide-field

mosaic of the

Scorpius-Sagittarius

region was taken by

Marc Aragnou

More details p2

UNIVERSE 2 Vol 60 4

The Astronomical

Society of

New South Wales

GPO Box 1123

Sydney NSW 2001

Phone XX XXXX XXXX

Fax XX XXXX XXXX

email secretaryasnswcom

Homepage

httpwwwasnswcom

IN THIS ISSUE

2 Index Editorial Directions

3 Scoped Out

Prominences explained

by Harry Roberts

4 Starry Messenger

The sky for OctNov

by Geoff Smith

6 Look-back Time

courtesy John Flavin

7 Vale Cyril Brown

8 E E Barnard Part Three by Gerard Keyser

10 NSP 22 Part Two

by Andrew James

13 Seeing Double

by Richard Jaworski

14 Notice of

Special General Meeting

11th November 2011

Ground-based Reports

School Nights

by Don Whiteman

15 Event Horizon

What‟s on near and far

16 Society Info [omitted from

sample issue]

Deadline for the

November issue is

Friday 14th October

Correspondence

editorasnswcom

If contributions over 10Mb

please send to

starryladyhotmailcom

Please also include a phone

number when you submit your

contribution This allows the

editor to make any quick

enquiries

Desk Space Dear Members

Features this month include a spectacular Milky Way image on

the cover (details below) another blast from the past from

John the next episode in the life of E E Barnard from Gerard

more star stuff from Andrew a tribute to the late Cyril Brown

(Life Member of ASNSW) and an important notice of our

Special General Meeting in November Geoff and Harry are

back with their regular contributions joined this month by

Richard with his double-star challenge Enjoy the Universe Yours truly

Lesa Moore Editor

ON THE COVER

This fabulous ultra-wide-field image of the Scorpius-Sagittarius

region was taken by Marc Aragnou using his SMC Pentax-

M 100mm lens at F56 on a 6 megapixel one-shot cooled QHY8

camera and Losmandy G11 mount

It is a three-panel mosaic each panel being a stack of twenty 3-

minute subs The field of view is 27 x 13 degrees North is left

West is up (Original image 18 megapixels but reduced to 1MB

for publication)

The central dust lane of the Milky Way runs diagonally from

top right to bottom left The top right corner is occupied by the

huge smoky Pipe Nebula Centre top in the smoke from the

pipe is the tiny Snake Nebula

The very conspicuous bright coolish pink emission nebula in

the middle of the main dust lane is the Lagoon (M8) The much

smaller Trifid (M20) is just to the left At the very bottom is the

magnificent Crackerjack globular (M22) showing as a warmer

orange-white Extending a line from the Lagoon through the

Trifid and well beyond reaches the large white open cluster

M23 Other identifiable objects are too numerous to mention

How to get to Meetings

Meetings are held at Epping Creative Centre Meetings start at 8pm

sharp and are held in the Pringle Room at the far end of the building

The Epping Creative Centre is in Stanley Rd and is about 1km from

Epping Station via Epping Road

How to get to Crago Observatory

Crago Observatory is at Bowen Mountain 12 km from North

Richmond The observatory is situated 100 metres along Burralow Fire

trail which is at the northern end of Lieutenant Bowen Road A

grassed area adjacent to the observatory is suitable for setting up a

telescope Crago Observatory is usually open on designated Saturday

nights closest to the Last Quarter moon and at other times Members

should check UNIVERSE or wwwasnswcom for scheduled observing

sessions Before driving to the site it would be prudent to contact Ian

Parr Vice President Crago to make sure that it will be open

How to get to Wiruna

Wiruna is for use by members their guests and bona fide visitors

Directions withheld from sample issue of Universe

UNIVERSE 3 Vol 60 4

Prominences are

ldquoPlasma Trapsrdquo

by Harry Roberts

2011 June 5 and 6 saw some fine prominences at

both the east and west limbs (see diagrams abc

amp d) - and we see the trapped plasma (almost) any

time we view the Sun in H-alpha Yet science

struggles to confine plasma despite decades of

effort How does the Sun do this trick so easily

Confusingly trapped material is called a filament

on the Sun‟s disc ndash and a prominence when seen

above the limb Either way it‟s trapped plasma

The first views must have been during total

eclipses ndash and over past millennia many a giant

prominence must have drawn attention

The temperature inside a quiet filament is about

5000K much less than the chromosphere‟s 8000K

ndash that‟s why the same thing looks different

depending on our line of sight dark on the disc

bright above the limb Filaments can be stable for

weeks ndash so how does the Sun entrap material for

so long

The plasma ldquotraprdquo is formed by magnetism and

Zirin (ldquoAstrophysics of the Sunrdquo) lists the main parts

ndash reviewed below

Fields quiet prominences arise where surface

fields are rather weak about 10 times Earth‟s field

(ie 5-10 gauss) Such fields occur in bands on the

Sun at latitudes above the current spots where

large unipolar regions are found Where two such

regions adjoin a plasma ldquotraprdquo can form Between

the ldquounlikerdquo regions a narrow ldquoneutral linerdquo

arises and a ldquomagnetic channelrdquo forms there

Magnetic channel Most of the emerging field is

vertical but at the neutral line the fields connect

across the zone as loops However below these

loops the fields do not connect across the gap but

instead turn 90ordm from vertical to horizontal and

run in opposite directions along the channel ndash

forming parallel ldquofencesrdquo of horizontal field that

can entrap material This ldquomakes sense because

the field can hold up the material only if it is

horizontalrdquo (Zirin p274)

ldquoPlasma cannot be contained by field lines convex

to itrdquo (p278) - ie plasma will escape unless the

ldquotraprdquo is everywhere concave

Exact details are still being studied ndash and how

material gets in is unknown The captured

material grows into a sheet 50 megametres (Mm)

high and sometimes as wide And while the

filament (or prominence) can be 50 Mm high

above that height it becomes unstable ndash and soon

erupts apparently as the

transverse loops are broken Yet

the ldquotraprdquo survives and often

refills in a day or so

The ldquocagedrdquo filament can grow

so dense it ldquoblanketsrdquo the Sun‟s

surface and a bright band

below the filament is often seen

in H-alpha

Coronal heating ldquoSince the

prominence is immersed in the

million-degree corona why

doesn‟t it heat uprdquo Because it

ldquois supported by magnetic field

lines that go to the surface so hot

coronal ions would have to cross

the field lines to heat itrdquo (p280) ndash

this is something ions can‟t do

Prominences - they are

wonderful things and may grow

much larger than the ones

shown It‟s a good reason to

often view the Sun in H-alpha -

even every day - if it‟s clear

Editorrsquos Note Although Harry made these

observations several months ago the article

contains some excellent educational content

worthy of inclusion at any time

SCOPED OUT Observations by Members

YOUR SPACE

Send in your observation(s) to appear in ldquoScoped

Outrdquo It could be a single photo or sketch a

description of an observing run or something you

saw while riding home on the train

No contribution is too large or too small

UNIVERSE 4 Vol 60 4

STARRY MESSENGER The Sky for October and November

by Geoff Smith

The Moon

There will be a partial solar eclipse on 25th

November visible from the southern tip of Tasmania

Mercury

Mercury returns to the evening sky in October You

should be able to see it approaching Venus from

below by mid-month During the last week of

October the two planets will be 2deg apart During the

first two weeks of November Mercury and Venus

maintain their close companionship On 10th

October Mercury will be 2deg from both Antares and

Venus with the three of them forming a straight line

There will be a close (1deg) pass by Mercury to the

globular cluster M19 on 17th November

Venus

Venus climbs higher in

the sky during October

hotly pursued by

Mercury It begins the

month in Virgo but about

mid-month passes into

Libra On 21st October it

will be 0deg2 from α Librae

a wide (4acute) double You

should be able to get all

three objects into the

same low power field

During November Venus

continues its climb into

the western sky Watch

for a close (1deg) approach

to the globular cluster

M28 on 30th November

Mars

Mars spends the first three weeks of October in

Cancer before moving into Leo where it remains

until mid-January It crosses the Beehive cluster in

the first few days of October On the 11th November

Mars will be within 1deg3 of Regulus During these

months Mars slowly increases its angular size from

5rdquo5 to 6rdquo4 so it remains a challenging object on

which to see detail

Jupiter

Jupiter comes into opposition on 29th October and is

ideally placed for viewing This is a favourable

opposition with the angular diameter of the planet

reaching 49rdquo7 In November it remains well-placed

for observation The smallest telescope will show a

wealth of detail on Jupiter A 2rdquo telescope will show

satellite shadows in transit across the disc while a 3rdquo

working under good conditions will show that the

cloud belts are not entirely regular but show darker

patches and sometimes projections at their edges

An occasional bright spot may also be detected with a

3‟‟ telescope

Saturn

Saturn is in conjunction with the Sun on 14th October

It returns to the morning sky in November but will

only be a twilight object

Uranus and Neptune

Uranus is just past opposition in October and is high

in the northeastern sky at the end of evening twilight

In November it will be about 5deg above the circlet in

Pisces at the end of twilight

Neptune will be in Aquarius throughout October and

November It remains within 1deg7 of ι Aquarii

throughout these months

Minor Planets and Dwarf Planets

Pallas at magnitude 10 will be 0deg3 east of ε Aquilae on

1st November and 0deg1

south-east of θ Aquilae on

21st November

Pluto at magnitude 14

stays in Sagittarius for

October and November

It sets at midnight in mid-

October and around 10pm

in mid-November and

crosses the meridian

around 7pm mid-month

Ceres at magnitude 8 will

be in Aquarius through

October See the finder

chart Start at Fomalhaut

and then star hop

northeast through two

triplets of modest stars till

you reach the long string

containing 107 Aquarii

Meteor Showers

Moon Forecast for 20ndash22 October 2011 Waning

crescent

The Orionid meteor shower is the second of two

showers that occur each year as a result of Earth

passing through dust released by Halleys Comet

with the first being the Eta Aquarids The point from

where the Orionid meteors appear to radiate is

located within the constellation Orion

The Orionids generally begin on October 15 and end

on October 29 with maximum generally occurring

during the morning hours of October 20-22 The

Orionids are barely detectable on the beginning and

ending dates but observers in the Northern

Hemisphere will see around 20 meteors per hour at

maximum while observers in the Southern

Hemisphere will see around 40 meteors per hour The

maximum can last two or three nights although there

is evidence of some fluctuation from year to year

There are other weaker meteor showers going on

around the same time as the Orionids The Orionids

generally appear to move fast When you see a

Figure 1 Finder chart for Ceres

UNIVERSE 5 Vol 60 4

meteor mentally trace it backwards If you end up at

Orion then you have probably seen an Orionid

meteor

Source httpmeteorshowersonlinecomorionidshtml

Constellation of the Month Sculptor

Culmination About 10pm in the middle of the month

Sculptor is a small and faint constellation but has

some impressive deep sky objects It lies in a region

rich in galaxies some of which are large and bright

making fine telescopic objects It was introduced by

Nicolas Louis de Lacaille in the 18th century who

originally named it Apparatus Sculptoris (the

sculptors studio) but the name was later shortened to

Sculptor (the sculptor) As with most of Lacaille‟s

introductions one cannot help but admire his

imagination No stars brighter than 3rd magnitude

are located in Sculptor This is

explained by the fact that Sculptor

contains the south galactic pole where

stellar density is very low

The brightest is α Sculptoris an SX

Arietis-type variable star with the

magnitude of only 43 The constellation

also contains the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy

which is a member of the Local Group

as well as the Sculptor Group the group

of galaxies closest to the Local Group

The Sculptor Galaxy (NGC 253) a

barred spiral galaxy and the largest

member of the group lies near the

border between Sculptor and Cetus

Another prominent member of the

group is the irregular galaxy NGC 55

Double Stars in Sculptor

κ1 Scl is a bright yellow pair in a sparse

field easily resolved with a 4rdquo

telescope Mags 61 62 sep 1rdquo4 PA

261deg (2001)

τ Scl A close yellow pair The separation is

decreasing and will need at least 8rdquo to

separate the pair Mags 60 74 sep 0rdquo8 PA 169deg

(1999)

ε Scl Showcase pair bright yellow Mags 54 85

sep 4rdquo9 PA 24deg(2002)

Deep sky objects in Sculptor

NGC 253 (Silver Coin Galaxy) makes everyone‟s list

of top ten galaxies It is very large (30acute x 6acute9) and

very bright (mag 71) It is visible to the naked eye

by sharp-eyed observers from a dark sky site and is

an easy binocular object You should be able to

detect a mottled appearance through an 8rdquo telescope

while 12rdquo should begin to reveal the spiral arms

NGC 55 (String of Pearls Galaxy) is another very

large (25acute x 2acute5) bright (mag 71) galaxy and is a fine

example of an edge-on barred spiral An OIII filter

and a 12rdquo telescope reveal the star-forming regions of

ionized hydrogen as small hazy spots near the centre

NGC 300 (Southern Pinwheel) This is perhaps the

sky‟s most classic spiral galaxy Through 12rdquo and

larger telescopes you should be able to see spiral

arms and dark lanes Size 20acute x 15acute

NGC 247 This galaxy is in Cetus but is included

here as it is a prominent member of the Sculptor

Group of galaxies Through a 10rdquo telescope the

galaxy has a tight circular centre with an oval haze

around it The southern end is tapered while the

northern end is more rounded

NGC 288 This is a nice globular cluster It‟s quite

big (14acute) but sparsely populated which makes it easy

to resolve Expect to see about 100 stars with an 8rdquo

telescope

See full list of deep sky objects next page

Clear Skies

References Astronomy 2011

NGCIC webpage httpwwwngcicprojectorg

defaulthtm

Hartung Astronomical Objects for Southern

Telescopes Melbourne UP 1995

Figure 2 Radiant at about 200 am local time

around October 21

Figure 3 The constellation Sculptor

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 2: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 2 Vol 60 4

The Astronomical

Society of

New South Wales

GPO Box 1123

Sydney NSW 2001

Phone XX XXXX XXXX

Fax XX XXXX XXXX

email secretaryasnswcom

Homepage

httpwwwasnswcom

IN THIS ISSUE

2 Index Editorial Directions

3 Scoped Out

Prominences explained

by Harry Roberts

4 Starry Messenger

The sky for OctNov

by Geoff Smith

6 Look-back Time

courtesy John Flavin

7 Vale Cyril Brown

8 E E Barnard Part Three by Gerard Keyser

10 NSP 22 Part Two

by Andrew James

13 Seeing Double

by Richard Jaworski

14 Notice of

Special General Meeting

11th November 2011

Ground-based Reports

School Nights

by Don Whiteman

15 Event Horizon

What‟s on near and far

16 Society Info [omitted from

sample issue]

Deadline for the

November issue is

Friday 14th October

Correspondence

editorasnswcom

If contributions over 10Mb

please send to

starryladyhotmailcom

Please also include a phone

number when you submit your

contribution This allows the

editor to make any quick

enquiries

Desk Space Dear Members

Features this month include a spectacular Milky Way image on

the cover (details below) another blast from the past from

John the next episode in the life of E E Barnard from Gerard

more star stuff from Andrew a tribute to the late Cyril Brown

(Life Member of ASNSW) and an important notice of our

Special General Meeting in November Geoff and Harry are

back with their regular contributions joined this month by

Richard with his double-star challenge Enjoy the Universe Yours truly

Lesa Moore Editor

ON THE COVER

This fabulous ultra-wide-field image of the Scorpius-Sagittarius

region was taken by Marc Aragnou using his SMC Pentax-

M 100mm lens at F56 on a 6 megapixel one-shot cooled QHY8

camera and Losmandy G11 mount

It is a three-panel mosaic each panel being a stack of twenty 3-

minute subs The field of view is 27 x 13 degrees North is left

West is up (Original image 18 megapixels but reduced to 1MB

for publication)

The central dust lane of the Milky Way runs diagonally from

top right to bottom left The top right corner is occupied by the

huge smoky Pipe Nebula Centre top in the smoke from the

pipe is the tiny Snake Nebula

The very conspicuous bright coolish pink emission nebula in

the middle of the main dust lane is the Lagoon (M8) The much

smaller Trifid (M20) is just to the left At the very bottom is the

magnificent Crackerjack globular (M22) showing as a warmer

orange-white Extending a line from the Lagoon through the

Trifid and well beyond reaches the large white open cluster

M23 Other identifiable objects are too numerous to mention

How to get to Meetings

Meetings are held at Epping Creative Centre Meetings start at 8pm

sharp and are held in the Pringle Room at the far end of the building

The Epping Creative Centre is in Stanley Rd and is about 1km from

Epping Station via Epping Road

How to get to Crago Observatory

Crago Observatory is at Bowen Mountain 12 km from North

Richmond The observatory is situated 100 metres along Burralow Fire

trail which is at the northern end of Lieutenant Bowen Road A

grassed area adjacent to the observatory is suitable for setting up a

telescope Crago Observatory is usually open on designated Saturday

nights closest to the Last Quarter moon and at other times Members

should check UNIVERSE or wwwasnswcom for scheduled observing

sessions Before driving to the site it would be prudent to contact Ian

Parr Vice President Crago to make sure that it will be open

How to get to Wiruna

Wiruna is for use by members their guests and bona fide visitors

Directions withheld from sample issue of Universe

UNIVERSE 3 Vol 60 4

Prominences are

ldquoPlasma Trapsrdquo

by Harry Roberts

2011 June 5 and 6 saw some fine prominences at

both the east and west limbs (see diagrams abc

amp d) - and we see the trapped plasma (almost) any

time we view the Sun in H-alpha Yet science

struggles to confine plasma despite decades of

effort How does the Sun do this trick so easily

Confusingly trapped material is called a filament

on the Sun‟s disc ndash and a prominence when seen

above the limb Either way it‟s trapped plasma

The first views must have been during total

eclipses ndash and over past millennia many a giant

prominence must have drawn attention

The temperature inside a quiet filament is about

5000K much less than the chromosphere‟s 8000K

ndash that‟s why the same thing looks different

depending on our line of sight dark on the disc

bright above the limb Filaments can be stable for

weeks ndash so how does the Sun entrap material for

so long

The plasma ldquotraprdquo is formed by magnetism and

Zirin (ldquoAstrophysics of the Sunrdquo) lists the main parts

ndash reviewed below

Fields quiet prominences arise where surface

fields are rather weak about 10 times Earth‟s field

(ie 5-10 gauss) Such fields occur in bands on the

Sun at latitudes above the current spots where

large unipolar regions are found Where two such

regions adjoin a plasma ldquotraprdquo can form Between

the ldquounlikerdquo regions a narrow ldquoneutral linerdquo

arises and a ldquomagnetic channelrdquo forms there

Magnetic channel Most of the emerging field is

vertical but at the neutral line the fields connect

across the zone as loops However below these

loops the fields do not connect across the gap but

instead turn 90ordm from vertical to horizontal and

run in opposite directions along the channel ndash

forming parallel ldquofencesrdquo of horizontal field that

can entrap material This ldquomakes sense because

the field can hold up the material only if it is

horizontalrdquo (Zirin p274)

ldquoPlasma cannot be contained by field lines convex

to itrdquo (p278) - ie plasma will escape unless the

ldquotraprdquo is everywhere concave

Exact details are still being studied ndash and how

material gets in is unknown The captured

material grows into a sheet 50 megametres (Mm)

high and sometimes as wide And while the

filament (or prominence) can be 50 Mm high

above that height it becomes unstable ndash and soon

erupts apparently as the

transverse loops are broken Yet

the ldquotraprdquo survives and often

refills in a day or so

The ldquocagedrdquo filament can grow

so dense it ldquoblanketsrdquo the Sun‟s

surface and a bright band

below the filament is often seen

in H-alpha

Coronal heating ldquoSince the

prominence is immersed in the

million-degree corona why

doesn‟t it heat uprdquo Because it

ldquois supported by magnetic field

lines that go to the surface so hot

coronal ions would have to cross

the field lines to heat itrdquo (p280) ndash

this is something ions can‟t do

Prominences - they are

wonderful things and may grow

much larger than the ones

shown It‟s a good reason to

often view the Sun in H-alpha -

even every day - if it‟s clear

Editorrsquos Note Although Harry made these

observations several months ago the article

contains some excellent educational content

worthy of inclusion at any time

SCOPED OUT Observations by Members

YOUR SPACE

Send in your observation(s) to appear in ldquoScoped

Outrdquo It could be a single photo or sketch a

description of an observing run or something you

saw while riding home on the train

No contribution is too large or too small

UNIVERSE 4 Vol 60 4

STARRY MESSENGER The Sky for October and November

by Geoff Smith

The Moon

There will be a partial solar eclipse on 25th

November visible from the southern tip of Tasmania

Mercury

Mercury returns to the evening sky in October You

should be able to see it approaching Venus from

below by mid-month During the last week of

October the two planets will be 2deg apart During the

first two weeks of November Mercury and Venus

maintain their close companionship On 10th

October Mercury will be 2deg from both Antares and

Venus with the three of them forming a straight line

There will be a close (1deg) pass by Mercury to the

globular cluster M19 on 17th November

Venus

Venus climbs higher in

the sky during October

hotly pursued by

Mercury It begins the

month in Virgo but about

mid-month passes into

Libra On 21st October it

will be 0deg2 from α Librae

a wide (4acute) double You

should be able to get all

three objects into the

same low power field

During November Venus

continues its climb into

the western sky Watch

for a close (1deg) approach

to the globular cluster

M28 on 30th November

Mars

Mars spends the first three weeks of October in

Cancer before moving into Leo where it remains

until mid-January It crosses the Beehive cluster in

the first few days of October On the 11th November

Mars will be within 1deg3 of Regulus During these

months Mars slowly increases its angular size from

5rdquo5 to 6rdquo4 so it remains a challenging object on

which to see detail

Jupiter

Jupiter comes into opposition on 29th October and is

ideally placed for viewing This is a favourable

opposition with the angular diameter of the planet

reaching 49rdquo7 In November it remains well-placed

for observation The smallest telescope will show a

wealth of detail on Jupiter A 2rdquo telescope will show

satellite shadows in transit across the disc while a 3rdquo

working under good conditions will show that the

cloud belts are not entirely regular but show darker

patches and sometimes projections at their edges

An occasional bright spot may also be detected with a

3‟‟ telescope

Saturn

Saturn is in conjunction with the Sun on 14th October

It returns to the morning sky in November but will

only be a twilight object

Uranus and Neptune

Uranus is just past opposition in October and is high

in the northeastern sky at the end of evening twilight

In November it will be about 5deg above the circlet in

Pisces at the end of twilight

Neptune will be in Aquarius throughout October and

November It remains within 1deg7 of ι Aquarii

throughout these months

Minor Planets and Dwarf Planets

Pallas at magnitude 10 will be 0deg3 east of ε Aquilae on

1st November and 0deg1

south-east of θ Aquilae on

21st November

Pluto at magnitude 14

stays in Sagittarius for

October and November

It sets at midnight in mid-

October and around 10pm

in mid-November and

crosses the meridian

around 7pm mid-month

Ceres at magnitude 8 will

be in Aquarius through

October See the finder

chart Start at Fomalhaut

and then star hop

northeast through two

triplets of modest stars till

you reach the long string

containing 107 Aquarii

Meteor Showers

Moon Forecast for 20ndash22 October 2011 Waning

crescent

The Orionid meteor shower is the second of two

showers that occur each year as a result of Earth

passing through dust released by Halleys Comet

with the first being the Eta Aquarids The point from

where the Orionid meteors appear to radiate is

located within the constellation Orion

The Orionids generally begin on October 15 and end

on October 29 with maximum generally occurring

during the morning hours of October 20-22 The

Orionids are barely detectable on the beginning and

ending dates but observers in the Northern

Hemisphere will see around 20 meteors per hour at

maximum while observers in the Southern

Hemisphere will see around 40 meteors per hour The

maximum can last two or three nights although there

is evidence of some fluctuation from year to year

There are other weaker meteor showers going on

around the same time as the Orionids The Orionids

generally appear to move fast When you see a

Figure 1 Finder chart for Ceres

UNIVERSE 5 Vol 60 4

meteor mentally trace it backwards If you end up at

Orion then you have probably seen an Orionid

meteor

Source httpmeteorshowersonlinecomorionidshtml

Constellation of the Month Sculptor

Culmination About 10pm in the middle of the month

Sculptor is a small and faint constellation but has

some impressive deep sky objects It lies in a region

rich in galaxies some of which are large and bright

making fine telescopic objects It was introduced by

Nicolas Louis de Lacaille in the 18th century who

originally named it Apparatus Sculptoris (the

sculptors studio) but the name was later shortened to

Sculptor (the sculptor) As with most of Lacaille‟s

introductions one cannot help but admire his

imagination No stars brighter than 3rd magnitude

are located in Sculptor This is

explained by the fact that Sculptor

contains the south galactic pole where

stellar density is very low

The brightest is α Sculptoris an SX

Arietis-type variable star with the

magnitude of only 43 The constellation

also contains the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy

which is a member of the Local Group

as well as the Sculptor Group the group

of galaxies closest to the Local Group

The Sculptor Galaxy (NGC 253) a

barred spiral galaxy and the largest

member of the group lies near the

border between Sculptor and Cetus

Another prominent member of the

group is the irregular galaxy NGC 55

Double Stars in Sculptor

κ1 Scl is a bright yellow pair in a sparse

field easily resolved with a 4rdquo

telescope Mags 61 62 sep 1rdquo4 PA

261deg (2001)

τ Scl A close yellow pair The separation is

decreasing and will need at least 8rdquo to

separate the pair Mags 60 74 sep 0rdquo8 PA 169deg

(1999)

ε Scl Showcase pair bright yellow Mags 54 85

sep 4rdquo9 PA 24deg(2002)

Deep sky objects in Sculptor

NGC 253 (Silver Coin Galaxy) makes everyone‟s list

of top ten galaxies It is very large (30acute x 6acute9) and

very bright (mag 71) It is visible to the naked eye

by sharp-eyed observers from a dark sky site and is

an easy binocular object You should be able to

detect a mottled appearance through an 8rdquo telescope

while 12rdquo should begin to reveal the spiral arms

NGC 55 (String of Pearls Galaxy) is another very

large (25acute x 2acute5) bright (mag 71) galaxy and is a fine

example of an edge-on barred spiral An OIII filter

and a 12rdquo telescope reveal the star-forming regions of

ionized hydrogen as small hazy spots near the centre

NGC 300 (Southern Pinwheel) This is perhaps the

sky‟s most classic spiral galaxy Through 12rdquo and

larger telescopes you should be able to see spiral

arms and dark lanes Size 20acute x 15acute

NGC 247 This galaxy is in Cetus but is included

here as it is a prominent member of the Sculptor

Group of galaxies Through a 10rdquo telescope the

galaxy has a tight circular centre with an oval haze

around it The southern end is tapered while the

northern end is more rounded

NGC 288 This is a nice globular cluster It‟s quite

big (14acute) but sparsely populated which makes it easy

to resolve Expect to see about 100 stars with an 8rdquo

telescope

See full list of deep sky objects next page

Clear Skies

References Astronomy 2011

NGCIC webpage httpwwwngcicprojectorg

defaulthtm

Hartung Astronomical Objects for Southern

Telescopes Melbourne UP 1995

Figure 2 Radiant at about 200 am local time

around October 21

Figure 3 The constellation Sculptor

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 3: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 3 Vol 60 4

Prominences are

ldquoPlasma Trapsrdquo

by Harry Roberts

2011 June 5 and 6 saw some fine prominences at

both the east and west limbs (see diagrams abc

amp d) - and we see the trapped plasma (almost) any

time we view the Sun in H-alpha Yet science

struggles to confine plasma despite decades of

effort How does the Sun do this trick so easily

Confusingly trapped material is called a filament

on the Sun‟s disc ndash and a prominence when seen

above the limb Either way it‟s trapped plasma

The first views must have been during total

eclipses ndash and over past millennia many a giant

prominence must have drawn attention

The temperature inside a quiet filament is about

5000K much less than the chromosphere‟s 8000K

ndash that‟s why the same thing looks different

depending on our line of sight dark on the disc

bright above the limb Filaments can be stable for

weeks ndash so how does the Sun entrap material for

so long

The plasma ldquotraprdquo is formed by magnetism and

Zirin (ldquoAstrophysics of the Sunrdquo) lists the main parts

ndash reviewed below

Fields quiet prominences arise where surface

fields are rather weak about 10 times Earth‟s field

(ie 5-10 gauss) Such fields occur in bands on the

Sun at latitudes above the current spots where

large unipolar regions are found Where two such

regions adjoin a plasma ldquotraprdquo can form Between

the ldquounlikerdquo regions a narrow ldquoneutral linerdquo

arises and a ldquomagnetic channelrdquo forms there

Magnetic channel Most of the emerging field is

vertical but at the neutral line the fields connect

across the zone as loops However below these

loops the fields do not connect across the gap but

instead turn 90ordm from vertical to horizontal and

run in opposite directions along the channel ndash

forming parallel ldquofencesrdquo of horizontal field that

can entrap material This ldquomakes sense because

the field can hold up the material only if it is

horizontalrdquo (Zirin p274)

ldquoPlasma cannot be contained by field lines convex

to itrdquo (p278) - ie plasma will escape unless the

ldquotraprdquo is everywhere concave

Exact details are still being studied ndash and how

material gets in is unknown The captured

material grows into a sheet 50 megametres (Mm)

high and sometimes as wide And while the

filament (or prominence) can be 50 Mm high

above that height it becomes unstable ndash and soon

erupts apparently as the

transverse loops are broken Yet

the ldquotraprdquo survives and often

refills in a day or so

The ldquocagedrdquo filament can grow

so dense it ldquoblanketsrdquo the Sun‟s

surface and a bright band

below the filament is often seen

in H-alpha

Coronal heating ldquoSince the

prominence is immersed in the

million-degree corona why

doesn‟t it heat uprdquo Because it

ldquois supported by magnetic field

lines that go to the surface so hot

coronal ions would have to cross

the field lines to heat itrdquo (p280) ndash

this is something ions can‟t do

Prominences - they are

wonderful things and may grow

much larger than the ones

shown It‟s a good reason to

often view the Sun in H-alpha -

even every day - if it‟s clear

Editorrsquos Note Although Harry made these

observations several months ago the article

contains some excellent educational content

worthy of inclusion at any time

SCOPED OUT Observations by Members

YOUR SPACE

Send in your observation(s) to appear in ldquoScoped

Outrdquo It could be a single photo or sketch a

description of an observing run or something you

saw while riding home on the train

No contribution is too large or too small

UNIVERSE 4 Vol 60 4

STARRY MESSENGER The Sky for October and November

by Geoff Smith

The Moon

There will be a partial solar eclipse on 25th

November visible from the southern tip of Tasmania

Mercury

Mercury returns to the evening sky in October You

should be able to see it approaching Venus from

below by mid-month During the last week of

October the two planets will be 2deg apart During the

first two weeks of November Mercury and Venus

maintain their close companionship On 10th

October Mercury will be 2deg from both Antares and

Venus with the three of them forming a straight line

There will be a close (1deg) pass by Mercury to the

globular cluster M19 on 17th November

Venus

Venus climbs higher in

the sky during October

hotly pursued by

Mercury It begins the

month in Virgo but about

mid-month passes into

Libra On 21st October it

will be 0deg2 from α Librae

a wide (4acute) double You

should be able to get all

three objects into the

same low power field

During November Venus

continues its climb into

the western sky Watch

for a close (1deg) approach

to the globular cluster

M28 on 30th November

Mars

Mars spends the first three weeks of October in

Cancer before moving into Leo where it remains

until mid-January It crosses the Beehive cluster in

the first few days of October On the 11th November

Mars will be within 1deg3 of Regulus During these

months Mars slowly increases its angular size from

5rdquo5 to 6rdquo4 so it remains a challenging object on

which to see detail

Jupiter

Jupiter comes into opposition on 29th October and is

ideally placed for viewing This is a favourable

opposition with the angular diameter of the planet

reaching 49rdquo7 In November it remains well-placed

for observation The smallest telescope will show a

wealth of detail on Jupiter A 2rdquo telescope will show

satellite shadows in transit across the disc while a 3rdquo

working under good conditions will show that the

cloud belts are not entirely regular but show darker

patches and sometimes projections at their edges

An occasional bright spot may also be detected with a

3‟‟ telescope

Saturn

Saturn is in conjunction with the Sun on 14th October

It returns to the morning sky in November but will

only be a twilight object

Uranus and Neptune

Uranus is just past opposition in October and is high

in the northeastern sky at the end of evening twilight

In November it will be about 5deg above the circlet in

Pisces at the end of twilight

Neptune will be in Aquarius throughout October and

November It remains within 1deg7 of ι Aquarii

throughout these months

Minor Planets and Dwarf Planets

Pallas at magnitude 10 will be 0deg3 east of ε Aquilae on

1st November and 0deg1

south-east of θ Aquilae on

21st November

Pluto at magnitude 14

stays in Sagittarius for

October and November

It sets at midnight in mid-

October and around 10pm

in mid-November and

crosses the meridian

around 7pm mid-month

Ceres at magnitude 8 will

be in Aquarius through

October See the finder

chart Start at Fomalhaut

and then star hop

northeast through two

triplets of modest stars till

you reach the long string

containing 107 Aquarii

Meteor Showers

Moon Forecast for 20ndash22 October 2011 Waning

crescent

The Orionid meteor shower is the second of two

showers that occur each year as a result of Earth

passing through dust released by Halleys Comet

with the first being the Eta Aquarids The point from

where the Orionid meteors appear to radiate is

located within the constellation Orion

The Orionids generally begin on October 15 and end

on October 29 with maximum generally occurring

during the morning hours of October 20-22 The

Orionids are barely detectable on the beginning and

ending dates but observers in the Northern

Hemisphere will see around 20 meteors per hour at

maximum while observers in the Southern

Hemisphere will see around 40 meteors per hour The

maximum can last two or three nights although there

is evidence of some fluctuation from year to year

There are other weaker meteor showers going on

around the same time as the Orionids The Orionids

generally appear to move fast When you see a

Figure 1 Finder chart for Ceres

UNIVERSE 5 Vol 60 4

meteor mentally trace it backwards If you end up at

Orion then you have probably seen an Orionid

meteor

Source httpmeteorshowersonlinecomorionidshtml

Constellation of the Month Sculptor

Culmination About 10pm in the middle of the month

Sculptor is a small and faint constellation but has

some impressive deep sky objects It lies in a region

rich in galaxies some of which are large and bright

making fine telescopic objects It was introduced by

Nicolas Louis de Lacaille in the 18th century who

originally named it Apparatus Sculptoris (the

sculptors studio) but the name was later shortened to

Sculptor (the sculptor) As with most of Lacaille‟s

introductions one cannot help but admire his

imagination No stars brighter than 3rd magnitude

are located in Sculptor This is

explained by the fact that Sculptor

contains the south galactic pole where

stellar density is very low

The brightest is α Sculptoris an SX

Arietis-type variable star with the

magnitude of only 43 The constellation

also contains the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy

which is a member of the Local Group

as well as the Sculptor Group the group

of galaxies closest to the Local Group

The Sculptor Galaxy (NGC 253) a

barred spiral galaxy and the largest

member of the group lies near the

border between Sculptor and Cetus

Another prominent member of the

group is the irregular galaxy NGC 55

Double Stars in Sculptor

κ1 Scl is a bright yellow pair in a sparse

field easily resolved with a 4rdquo

telescope Mags 61 62 sep 1rdquo4 PA

261deg (2001)

τ Scl A close yellow pair The separation is

decreasing and will need at least 8rdquo to

separate the pair Mags 60 74 sep 0rdquo8 PA 169deg

(1999)

ε Scl Showcase pair bright yellow Mags 54 85

sep 4rdquo9 PA 24deg(2002)

Deep sky objects in Sculptor

NGC 253 (Silver Coin Galaxy) makes everyone‟s list

of top ten galaxies It is very large (30acute x 6acute9) and

very bright (mag 71) It is visible to the naked eye

by sharp-eyed observers from a dark sky site and is

an easy binocular object You should be able to

detect a mottled appearance through an 8rdquo telescope

while 12rdquo should begin to reveal the spiral arms

NGC 55 (String of Pearls Galaxy) is another very

large (25acute x 2acute5) bright (mag 71) galaxy and is a fine

example of an edge-on barred spiral An OIII filter

and a 12rdquo telescope reveal the star-forming regions of

ionized hydrogen as small hazy spots near the centre

NGC 300 (Southern Pinwheel) This is perhaps the

sky‟s most classic spiral galaxy Through 12rdquo and

larger telescopes you should be able to see spiral

arms and dark lanes Size 20acute x 15acute

NGC 247 This galaxy is in Cetus but is included

here as it is a prominent member of the Sculptor

Group of galaxies Through a 10rdquo telescope the

galaxy has a tight circular centre with an oval haze

around it The southern end is tapered while the

northern end is more rounded

NGC 288 This is a nice globular cluster It‟s quite

big (14acute) but sparsely populated which makes it easy

to resolve Expect to see about 100 stars with an 8rdquo

telescope

See full list of deep sky objects next page

Clear Skies

References Astronomy 2011

NGCIC webpage httpwwwngcicprojectorg

defaulthtm

Hartung Astronomical Objects for Southern

Telescopes Melbourne UP 1995

Figure 2 Radiant at about 200 am local time

around October 21

Figure 3 The constellation Sculptor

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 4: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 4 Vol 60 4

STARRY MESSENGER The Sky for October and November

by Geoff Smith

The Moon

There will be a partial solar eclipse on 25th

November visible from the southern tip of Tasmania

Mercury

Mercury returns to the evening sky in October You

should be able to see it approaching Venus from

below by mid-month During the last week of

October the two planets will be 2deg apart During the

first two weeks of November Mercury and Venus

maintain their close companionship On 10th

October Mercury will be 2deg from both Antares and

Venus with the three of them forming a straight line

There will be a close (1deg) pass by Mercury to the

globular cluster M19 on 17th November

Venus

Venus climbs higher in

the sky during October

hotly pursued by

Mercury It begins the

month in Virgo but about

mid-month passes into

Libra On 21st October it

will be 0deg2 from α Librae

a wide (4acute) double You

should be able to get all

three objects into the

same low power field

During November Venus

continues its climb into

the western sky Watch

for a close (1deg) approach

to the globular cluster

M28 on 30th November

Mars

Mars spends the first three weeks of October in

Cancer before moving into Leo where it remains

until mid-January It crosses the Beehive cluster in

the first few days of October On the 11th November

Mars will be within 1deg3 of Regulus During these

months Mars slowly increases its angular size from

5rdquo5 to 6rdquo4 so it remains a challenging object on

which to see detail

Jupiter

Jupiter comes into opposition on 29th October and is

ideally placed for viewing This is a favourable

opposition with the angular diameter of the planet

reaching 49rdquo7 In November it remains well-placed

for observation The smallest telescope will show a

wealth of detail on Jupiter A 2rdquo telescope will show

satellite shadows in transit across the disc while a 3rdquo

working under good conditions will show that the

cloud belts are not entirely regular but show darker

patches and sometimes projections at their edges

An occasional bright spot may also be detected with a

3‟‟ telescope

Saturn

Saturn is in conjunction with the Sun on 14th October

It returns to the morning sky in November but will

only be a twilight object

Uranus and Neptune

Uranus is just past opposition in October and is high

in the northeastern sky at the end of evening twilight

In November it will be about 5deg above the circlet in

Pisces at the end of twilight

Neptune will be in Aquarius throughout October and

November It remains within 1deg7 of ι Aquarii

throughout these months

Minor Planets and Dwarf Planets

Pallas at magnitude 10 will be 0deg3 east of ε Aquilae on

1st November and 0deg1

south-east of θ Aquilae on

21st November

Pluto at magnitude 14

stays in Sagittarius for

October and November

It sets at midnight in mid-

October and around 10pm

in mid-November and

crosses the meridian

around 7pm mid-month

Ceres at magnitude 8 will

be in Aquarius through

October See the finder

chart Start at Fomalhaut

and then star hop

northeast through two

triplets of modest stars till

you reach the long string

containing 107 Aquarii

Meteor Showers

Moon Forecast for 20ndash22 October 2011 Waning

crescent

The Orionid meteor shower is the second of two

showers that occur each year as a result of Earth

passing through dust released by Halleys Comet

with the first being the Eta Aquarids The point from

where the Orionid meteors appear to radiate is

located within the constellation Orion

The Orionids generally begin on October 15 and end

on October 29 with maximum generally occurring

during the morning hours of October 20-22 The

Orionids are barely detectable on the beginning and

ending dates but observers in the Northern

Hemisphere will see around 20 meteors per hour at

maximum while observers in the Southern

Hemisphere will see around 40 meteors per hour The

maximum can last two or three nights although there

is evidence of some fluctuation from year to year

There are other weaker meteor showers going on

around the same time as the Orionids The Orionids

generally appear to move fast When you see a

Figure 1 Finder chart for Ceres

UNIVERSE 5 Vol 60 4

meteor mentally trace it backwards If you end up at

Orion then you have probably seen an Orionid

meteor

Source httpmeteorshowersonlinecomorionidshtml

Constellation of the Month Sculptor

Culmination About 10pm in the middle of the month

Sculptor is a small and faint constellation but has

some impressive deep sky objects It lies in a region

rich in galaxies some of which are large and bright

making fine telescopic objects It was introduced by

Nicolas Louis de Lacaille in the 18th century who

originally named it Apparatus Sculptoris (the

sculptors studio) but the name was later shortened to

Sculptor (the sculptor) As with most of Lacaille‟s

introductions one cannot help but admire his

imagination No stars brighter than 3rd magnitude

are located in Sculptor This is

explained by the fact that Sculptor

contains the south galactic pole where

stellar density is very low

The brightest is α Sculptoris an SX

Arietis-type variable star with the

magnitude of only 43 The constellation

also contains the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy

which is a member of the Local Group

as well as the Sculptor Group the group

of galaxies closest to the Local Group

The Sculptor Galaxy (NGC 253) a

barred spiral galaxy and the largest

member of the group lies near the

border between Sculptor and Cetus

Another prominent member of the

group is the irregular galaxy NGC 55

Double Stars in Sculptor

κ1 Scl is a bright yellow pair in a sparse

field easily resolved with a 4rdquo

telescope Mags 61 62 sep 1rdquo4 PA

261deg (2001)

τ Scl A close yellow pair The separation is

decreasing and will need at least 8rdquo to

separate the pair Mags 60 74 sep 0rdquo8 PA 169deg

(1999)

ε Scl Showcase pair bright yellow Mags 54 85

sep 4rdquo9 PA 24deg(2002)

Deep sky objects in Sculptor

NGC 253 (Silver Coin Galaxy) makes everyone‟s list

of top ten galaxies It is very large (30acute x 6acute9) and

very bright (mag 71) It is visible to the naked eye

by sharp-eyed observers from a dark sky site and is

an easy binocular object You should be able to

detect a mottled appearance through an 8rdquo telescope

while 12rdquo should begin to reveal the spiral arms

NGC 55 (String of Pearls Galaxy) is another very

large (25acute x 2acute5) bright (mag 71) galaxy and is a fine

example of an edge-on barred spiral An OIII filter

and a 12rdquo telescope reveal the star-forming regions of

ionized hydrogen as small hazy spots near the centre

NGC 300 (Southern Pinwheel) This is perhaps the

sky‟s most classic spiral galaxy Through 12rdquo and

larger telescopes you should be able to see spiral

arms and dark lanes Size 20acute x 15acute

NGC 247 This galaxy is in Cetus but is included

here as it is a prominent member of the Sculptor

Group of galaxies Through a 10rdquo telescope the

galaxy has a tight circular centre with an oval haze

around it The southern end is tapered while the

northern end is more rounded

NGC 288 This is a nice globular cluster It‟s quite

big (14acute) but sparsely populated which makes it easy

to resolve Expect to see about 100 stars with an 8rdquo

telescope

See full list of deep sky objects next page

Clear Skies

References Astronomy 2011

NGCIC webpage httpwwwngcicprojectorg

defaulthtm

Hartung Astronomical Objects for Southern

Telescopes Melbourne UP 1995

Figure 2 Radiant at about 200 am local time

around October 21

Figure 3 The constellation Sculptor

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 5: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 5 Vol 60 4

meteor mentally trace it backwards If you end up at

Orion then you have probably seen an Orionid

meteor

Source httpmeteorshowersonlinecomorionidshtml

Constellation of the Month Sculptor

Culmination About 10pm in the middle of the month

Sculptor is a small and faint constellation but has

some impressive deep sky objects It lies in a region

rich in galaxies some of which are large and bright

making fine telescopic objects It was introduced by

Nicolas Louis de Lacaille in the 18th century who

originally named it Apparatus Sculptoris (the

sculptors studio) but the name was later shortened to

Sculptor (the sculptor) As with most of Lacaille‟s

introductions one cannot help but admire his

imagination No stars brighter than 3rd magnitude

are located in Sculptor This is

explained by the fact that Sculptor

contains the south galactic pole where

stellar density is very low

The brightest is α Sculptoris an SX

Arietis-type variable star with the

magnitude of only 43 The constellation

also contains the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy

which is a member of the Local Group

as well as the Sculptor Group the group

of galaxies closest to the Local Group

The Sculptor Galaxy (NGC 253) a

barred spiral galaxy and the largest

member of the group lies near the

border between Sculptor and Cetus

Another prominent member of the

group is the irregular galaxy NGC 55

Double Stars in Sculptor

κ1 Scl is a bright yellow pair in a sparse

field easily resolved with a 4rdquo

telescope Mags 61 62 sep 1rdquo4 PA

261deg (2001)

τ Scl A close yellow pair The separation is

decreasing and will need at least 8rdquo to

separate the pair Mags 60 74 sep 0rdquo8 PA 169deg

(1999)

ε Scl Showcase pair bright yellow Mags 54 85

sep 4rdquo9 PA 24deg(2002)

Deep sky objects in Sculptor

NGC 253 (Silver Coin Galaxy) makes everyone‟s list

of top ten galaxies It is very large (30acute x 6acute9) and

very bright (mag 71) It is visible to the naked eye

by sharp-eyed observers from a dark sky site and is

an easy binocular object You should be able to

detect a mottled appearance through an 8rdquo telescope

while 12rdquo should begin to reveal the spiral arms

NGC 55 (String of Pearls Galaxy) is another very

large (25acute x 2acute5) bright (mag 71) galaxy and is a fine

example of an edge-on barred spiral An OIII filter

and a 12rdquo telescope reveal the star-forming regions of

ionized hydrogen as small hazy spots near the centre

NGC 300 (Southern Pinwheel) This is perhaps the

sky‟s most classic spiral galaxy Through 12rdquo and

larger telescopes you should be able to see spiral

arms and dark lanes Size 20acute x 15acute

NGC 247 This galaxy is in Cetus but is included

here as it is a prominent member of the Sculptor

Group of galaxies Through a 10rdquo telescope the

galaxy has a tight circular centre with an oval haze

around it The southern end is tapered while the

northern end is more rounded

NGC 288 This is a nice globular cluster It‟s quite

big (14acute) but sparsely populated which makes it easy

to resolve Expect to see about 100 stars with an 8rdquo

telescope

See full list of deep sky objects next page

Clear Skies

References Astronomy 2011

NGCIC webpage httpwwwngcicprojectorg

defaulthtm

Hartung Astronomical Objects for Southern

Telescopes Melbourne UP 1995

Figure 2 Radiant at about 200 am local time

around October 21

Figure 3 The constellation Sculptor

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 6: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 6 Vol 60 4

Double Stars for Small Telescopes by Sissy Haas

Constellation diagrams from http

wwwdibonsmithcomconstelhtm and used here with

the permission of the author Richard Dibon-Smith

Uranometria constellation figure from scans by the

Linda Hall Library of Science Engineering and

Technology httpwwwlindahallorgservices

digitalebooksbayer

variables

(The Observations Officer here interposed to refer to

the necessity for collaboration between variable star

observers in this Society and of practice in the work

with a view to gaining experience in this field before the

anticipated meeting with the Variable Star Section of the

British Astronomical Association)

Mr G Patston gave a ldquoMoonwatchrdquo report saying that

the preceding month had given reasonable viewing

weather there had been 12 good nights recorded in the

log

An observation had been made of the American 20-inch

satellite (7th magnitude) on August 1st 1959 At

midnight on the night of the meeting (7th August) an

attempt would be made to observe the newly launched

American satellite Explorer VI whose distance would

be 165 miles at perigee and 20000 miles at apogee and

equipped with solar cells to supply power to its

instruments and radio

Bulletin Cover

The Editor trusts that members will like the new

ldquoBulletinrdquo cover ndash it gives the ldquoold magrdquo quite a fillip

The object is of course eta Carinae ndash Keyhole ndash Nebula

in the Milky Way near Crux The negative from which

the block was taken was presented to the SAA by Dr

C Gum of the CSIRO Apologies to those members

who didn‟t receive a Bulletin last month First of all the

covers ran out Then there was some confusion as to

whom was financial or not The muddle has now been

sorted out From now on those members who should

get a Bulletin will and those who shouldn‟t won‟t

The new ldquoBulletinrdquo cover introduced with the July 1959

issue was our third cover design since our first issue in

July ‟55 The bdquoeta Carinae‟ cover stayed with us until the

February 1962 issue

The above extracts are taken from the July and

August 1959 issues of our Journal - John Flavin

Table 1 Deep Sky Objects in Sculptor

OGM held at Belfield August 7th 1959

The President Mr G Miles took the Chair and

opened the meeting at 1955 hours there being 51

members and 4 visitors present The President

welcomed the visitors who included the evening‟s

Guest Speaker Dr Hill of the CSIRO

Building expenses

The Treasurer reported that the amount received or

promised by way of either donation or interest-free loan

towards the cost of the sanitary conveniences necessary to

be constructed for the new building [Clubhouse] was pound67

The President announced that the Treasurer would there

and then receive further contributions to this cause and

members immediately took advantage of the opportunity

to make their gifts or loans At this stage it was moved and

seconded that in order that lenders of money should have

a suitable acknowledgement of the Society‟s obligation to

repay them the Treasurer be authorised to issue receipts

for loans in the following terms

Received from Mr A B the sum of poundx being interest free

loan repayable within twelve months from 1st August 1959

- Sydney Amateur Astronomers - Per Treasurer

This motion was carried

The President said that the total required to be raised was

pound100 and that a member who wished to remain

anonymous had promised that he (or she) would provide

any balance still left to be found after the collection had

been made This act of generosity was warmly applauded

Within a few minutes thereafter the Treasurer reported that

the total received or promised in gifts or loans was pound125 ndash

a very creditable result

Observations

Mr P Williamson showed [sunspot] drawings made by

him on 11th July and 1st August 1959 the former one

showing a spot of large size divided into two parts by a

ldquobridgerdquo which later entirely disappeared in the space of

a few hours He also reported some observations of

Mercury Mr Tonkin showed drawings of sunspots made

on the 15th July 1959

In connection with this subject the Secretary said that the

helioscope under construction by the Junior Section was

nearing completion

Mr L Williamson spoke on T Centauri and other

Object RA (J2000) Dec (J2000) Type Mag Size

NGC 55 00 15 084 -39 13 14 GX 83 25 x 25

NGC 134 00 30 214 -33 14 50 GX 105 85 x 20

NGC 150 00 34 161 -27 48 16 GX 114 39 x 19

IC 1581 00 46 060 -25 54 00 GX ---- 11 x 02

NGC 253 00 47 331 -25 17 17 GX 78 30 x 69

NGC 289 00 52 417 -31 12 28 GX 11 51 x 36

NGC 288 00 52 474 -26 35 24 GC 81 14

NGC 300 00 54 534 -37 41 00 GX 83 20 x 15

NGC 409 01 09 325 -35 48 20 GX 131 13 x 11

NGC 424 01 11 279 -38 04 59 GX 13 18 x 08

NGC 438 01 13 335 -37 54 07 GX 13 14 x 11

NGC 613 01 34 175 -29 24 58 GX 101 55 x 42

NGC 7507 23 12 077 -28 32 26 GX 108 28 x 27

IC 5332 23 34 300 -36 06 00 GX 106 66 x 51

NGC 7713 23 36 149 -37 56 20 GX 112 46 x 22

NGC 7793 23 57 497 -32 35 30 GX 92 93 x 63

LOOK-BACK

TIME The ASNSW from the Archives

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 7: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 7 Vol 60 4

Cyril Brown a

dedicated and

active member

from our early

days died on the

5th September

aged 96 at

Maryborough

Cyril joined us in

the late sixties a

period that saw

our Society facing

considerable

difficulty arising

from our having to depart our original home at

Belfield It was fortunate that Cyril came to us when

he did as his property in the semi-rural surrounds

of Dural became the location for the telescopes that

had to be moved from Belfield At the July 1970

AGM ndash held at the Canterbury Council buildings

and our first away from Belfield ndash Cyril was elected

President a position he would hold until 1973 His

home at Dural become an easy-to-reach bdquodark sky‟

site for some years until Bowen Mt became

operational

In his working life Cyril was a Saw Doctor ndash a trade

that covers the repair and upkeep of a range of

tools A McNiven Medal recipient and a Life

Member he filled many positions in his years with

us In 2004 he moved to Queensland to be near

some members of his family who had earlier

moved to that state Cyril maintained his interest in

astronomy going out to see Comet McNaught a few

years ago and looking up astronomy sites on the

internet Within the last year Cyril attended an

astronomy outing with the 1st Burrum Heads Girl

Guides (his great granddaughters are members) to

show them the sky Cyril is survived by daughter

Marian son Cyril Jr grandchildren and great

grandchildren

The Girl Guides really enjoyed the night which was

part of Space Week They followed this up with

decorating our shed with planets etc They were then

presented with their space badge for their sash

Personally I can not say enough of how much we

appreciated Marian bringing Cyril out to share their

knowledge with the girls - Leeanne Bouveng

This poem from Walt Whitman (1865) was

read at his service followed by the closing

lines from his daughter Marian Lynch

When I heard the learn‟d astronomer

When the proofs were ranged in columns

before me

When I was shown the charts and the

diagrams

to add divide and measure them

When I sitting heard the astronomer

where he lectured with much applause in the

lecture room

How soon unaccountable I became tired

and listless

Till rising and going out I wander‟d off by

myself

In the mystical moist night air and from time

to time

Look‟d up in perfect silence at the stars

Now Cyril strolls

from star to star in the Universe

With the greatest Astronomer of all

Sharney Bouveng stands behind Cyril with his great

granddaughters Shylani and Hannah Mallett

(left and right respectively)

VALE CYRIL BROWN

Portraits of Cyril from an earlier time (top left) and

last year (above)

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 8: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 8 Vol 60 4

by Gerard Keyzer

In episode two we left Edward Emerson Barnard

with his newly acquired 5-inch refractor as his

observing began in earnest Barnard was gifted

with incredible eyesight and a thoughtful

determined character and he spent the next few

years honing his observing skills while taking his

first tentative steps into the world of the

professional astronomer In his personal life he

was gaining yet more stability earning the respect

and admiration of Rhoda Calvert his colleague‟s

sister who was eventually to become his wife

Around this time Barnard took a long lease on a

nice house on the outskirts of Nashville While not

yet married to each other Rhoda began to help

Edward with the daily running of the household

and the care of his invalid mother As Rhoda was

fourteen years his senior many felt she set her cap

for him as a ldquolast chancerdquo to

avoid spinsterhood Possibly

but this sensitive young man

was mature beyond his years

and marrying on January

27th 1881 the pair became

devoted to each other in

every respect for the

remainder of their lives

It was at the house at 1919

Patterson Ave that Edward

was able to throw himself

into his observations

distanced from the continual

interruptions of casual

visitors to the telescope

Using a homemade light box

he would spend many hours

sketching and was soon

being published in technical journals such as the

English Mechanic The cloud bands and moons of

Jupiter the markings of the Martian surface the

rings of Saturn were all favourite targets His

Byrne refractor was of the finest calibre optically

showing the Galilean moons as distinct discs and

his observations of the Great Red Spot and

eruptions in the cloud bands were compared

favourably with those from Dearborn Observatory

done through an 185-inch refractor and measured

with a micrometer

My favourite story of Barnard‟s early observing

occurred at this time and is best told in his own

words Observing Jupiter at 2am he paused to rest

his eyes for a moment and was bdquohorrified to see two

glaring greenish-red balls of fire a few feet away in

the obscurity of the bushes Cold chills played up

and down my backbone and I was too frightened to

move These balls of fire came slowly toward me A

supernatural horror seemed to bind me to the spot

as a nightmare holds one in its pitiless grasp I

could not have moved if I had known the foul fiend

himself was behind those lights Just at the point

when I felt that I must collapse as the hateful lights

came close to me I felt the warm touch of the

tongue of some animal licking my cold hand and in

the obscurity I saw a great dog wagging his tail in a

friendly manner The relief was tremendous and a

warm flow of blood seemed to infuse my veins It

proved to be a great and fierce bulldog belonging

to my neighbour This dog had always looked so

savage with his cruel teeth that I had not

attempted to cultivate his friendship Why he had

not attacked me in the darkness and what made him

seek this friendship I do not know but from that

time on he was my good friend and made it a habit

to lie down near me every night I was out

observing His friendship was a blessing for I no

longer felt the nameless dread of the night with his

powerful form at my

feet‟ (Reprinted from ldquoThe

Immortal Fire Withinrdquo)

Barnard‟s natural reticence

and conservative nature

were to stand him in good

stead when popular interest

in Mars conjured up all sorts

of fanciful claims of canals

and civilizations He

preferred only to note and

comment on what he actually

observed not what he

ldquothoughtrdquo he saw At twenty-

two he already had an

aversion to ldquorashly drawn

conclusionsrdquo Barnard‟s

settled domestic situation

allowed him to progress his budding semi-

professional status Discovery of a comet brought

much kudos and during this period he was

awarded a cash prize of $200 called the Warner

prize The recognition amongst his peers was the

greater prize sought by Barnard His first comet

discovery was sadly not confirmed later analysis

showing that inferior equipment and delays by

those expected to confirm it led to it being ldquolostrdquo

This caused Barnard great embarrassment but he

would persevere in quest of the Warner prize

desirous of emulating the great comet seekers

Messier and Pons In the course of his comet

seeking he was to discover a new nebula

designated NGC 5584 one of twenty credited to

him during this period Remember most of the

famous Messier objects had been discovered

while searching for comets

On September 17th 1881 Barnard discovered his

first confirmed comet and silenced his critics with

the official designation of Comet Barnard or 1881

Edward Emerson BARNARD

1857-1923

Part Three

NGC 5584 in Virgo

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 9: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 9 Vol 60 4

VI With the first Warner prize cheque of $200

Edward and Rhoda bought a plot of land took a

mortgage and built a cottage where they lived

with Edward‟s mother Happy times followed

although they struggled for a living but the

remote location allowed Edward every possible

opportunity to continue with his comet-seeking

gaining the Warner prize again with 1882 III and

discovering a total of sixteen comets in the next

eleven years including the first photographic

discovery Other comets of the period were more

spectacular and created greater interest such as

Wells‟s Comet Swift‟s Comet Tebbutt‟s Comet

(discovered in Australia by JC Tebbutt in June

1881) and the Great Comet of 1882 Barnard‟s

observing diligence and skill were rewarded in

another way as he observed The Great Comet of

1882 Over the period of 22nd September to 14th

October he recorded this comet breaking first in

two then eventually into six or eight fragments

the discovery being confirmed by professionals

from around the globe Interestingly on the

morning of 13th October Barnard had ldquoforeseenrdquo

this occurrence in a dream of a sky filled with

comets He later said ldquo the association of this

dream with the reality has always seemed a

strange thing to merdquo

While less noteworthy for their appearance

Barnard‟s comet discoveries did bring him some

financial security through three Warner prizes

and more importantly they brought him the

official recognition of his peers opening the door

to the professional career he would now aspire to

Locally they brought him acclaim and a group of

prominent citizens resolved to build an

observatory for ldquothe young astronomer of

Nashvillerdquo He would not take the plan seriously

but when the architect‟s plan materialised along

with foundation stonework he rushed to his

benefactors Apologetically he refused their

generous offer because he felt he would be

obliged to remain in situ and not be free to move if

he was offered an official position He was soon to

be proven right

Stay tuned for Episode Four

Sources ndash Various Encyclopaedia Brittanica and Wiki

and ldquoThe Immortal Fire Withinrdquo by William Sheehan

Barnardrsquos skilful drawing of Halleyrsquos Comet

May 18th 1910 at Yerkes Observatory

Barnardrsquos photograph of Comet Swift 1892

Barnardrsquos photographs of Comet Brooks

October 1893 showing the comet

fragmenting

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 10: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 10 Vol 60 4

by Andrew James

Last issue featured the planetary nebula He2-73 This

month explores the surrounding region

The following objects can be found in a moderately

starry field using moderate to low power about 40‟ S

of the Crux-Musca border I originally centred on this

field in 20cm using the 26mm Plossel (78x with 32

arcmin field) deliberately just looking for the pair

COO 130 as mentioned in both AOST1amp2 Later I

investigated the other four objects nearby then

centring at the field‟s mid-position at 11h 504m

-65o 04‟ Here you can bdquohold‟ all in one field TZ Mus

IC 2966 He2-80 B2730 and my target pair

Furthermore half a field southwards using moderate

powers there are also two faint Cepheids - UU Mus

and TZ Mus (see descriptions below)

COO 130 HIP 57851 SAO 251617 HD 103079

(11519-6512) was discovered by SI Bailey in 1894

during routine observations to produce the extensive

Cordova Observatory (CD) star catalogue beginning

in the 1890s It is really surprising that neither John

Herschel nor HC Russell found this system in their

extensive double star surveys yet it is very remotely

possible that the star appeared single between 1835

and 1880 COO 130 lies almost 20‟ due east of He2-73

and the field is marked with three stars in a bent line

at the south-eastern edge of the field at low powers

These field stars have respective visual magnitudes

from south to north of 75 75 and 95 and form an

oddly-shaped triangular figure

COO 130 comprises 52v and 74v magnitude (497V

amp 725V) stars with 16 arcsec separation and position

angle of 159o as last measured by the Hipparcos

satellite in 1991 From the available data these stars

are very slowly diminishing in separation thus

making future amateur observations more difficult

Resolution is possible in 15cm telescopes but this

becomes much easier in 20cm AOST2 does claim this

is ldquo just possible rdquo in 75cm but my own four

different observations between 1978 and 1981 using

the 75cm f10 reflector and 108cm refractor could

not resolve the pair even with good seeing Using

20cm these stars are much easier to split and I saw

the colours as bluish and white or perhaps blue and

white which is about right when compared to the

given B4V spectral class for the primary

This same double star is featured in AOST2 as object

483 where a comment on

the connection of the

system states

ldquo the angle is slowly

increasing but separation

has not changed

Physical connection

between the stars seems

likelyrdquo

This is an example of a

bright prominent double

star that observers have

neglected likely just

because it is not among

either the prominent

Russell Herschel or

Dunlop pairs Equal

proper motions are -029

mas and -001 mas for the

RA and Dec

respectively

Selected Measures

PA Sep Year

162 21 1894

159 18 1940

159 16 1991

B 2730 (11478-6519) is a

faint pair within the same

field as the He2-73 some

126‟ SSE first discovered

by W H van den Bos

while presumably

measuring nearby COO

NSP 22 Part Two

Figure 1 Field Chart of He2-73 and Surrounding Objects

This shows the 1o x 1o field of He2-73 in Musca and surrounding objects in NSP 22

The figure also shows the nebula IC 2966 and the motion of the high-proper-motion

star L145-141 between 2010 AD and 3000 AD

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 11: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 11 Vol 60 4

130 This 95v and 115 magnitude bluish and

colourless pair is easily visible in dark skies using

either 105cm apertures or 75cm with some

diligence B 2730 was last measured in 1987 where

the separation was measured as 64 arcsec along the

easterly position angle of 104o

TX Mus (11471-6524) is another variable 75 SW

further on from B 2730 (above) This 124 mag RR

Lyrae variable of type ldquoABrdquo It is positioned some 3prime

N of 9th mag star PPM 778644 HD 102466 (11472-

6527) The small rise in brightness from 124 to 128

takes 2 hours 16 minutes being 20 (M-mD) of the

short 0473226 day period Discovery of this period

was is based on the Julian Date (JDE) of

2424260264+-0003 of 19th April 1925

This period was recently updated by German

astronomer Joachim Hubscher in the Information

Bulletin on Variable Star (IBVS) No 5802 on 25th

October 2007 He determines that the minima are

now set from the 10th June 2007 at 22h 00m 29s

UT (JDE 2454262417) Also below TX Mus is a

small 4‟ sized asterism of about twelve stars of

12th magnitude all shaped in an arc Little else is

known about this variable

UU Mus HIP 57884 (11523-

6524) (Appears on map U450) is

a 95 mag star some

120 (PA=160o) from COO 130

and both are shown in

Uranometria 20000 UU Mus

varies between 913-1028 over

1163641 days The rise of 115

magnitudes takes approximately

4305 days where the spectrum

changes from G0p to the hotter

F7 Epoch 2436208270 B-

V=0982 Plx=000285 plusmn 000127

TZ Mus (11509-6508) is fainter

than UU Muscae although it was

discovered first It lies some 69‟

NW through PA 306o from COO

130 Brightness varies between

1116V and 1212V (= 096) magnitude over the period of

4944885 days Epoch

242425937 This yellow-orange

star can be usefully checked

because the wide ldquoPair

1rdquo (11515-6504) to the NE of TZ

Mus is about 53‟ away The white 100 magnitude

star is PPM 778689 and I estimated the magnitudes as

10 and 115 separated by about 30 arcsec at PA 20o

No one so far has listed this faint pair in any of the

double star catalogues

IC 2966 VdBH 56 Bran 374 (11502-6452) (U450)

appears is a faint small 3 arcmin reflection bright

emission nebula that is sometimes referred just as

ldquonebulosity around a starrdquo In 20cm I spent some

time searching for this object in dark skies and

frankly returned without much success The stated

position is merely 202‟ NW at PA 333o of COO 130

and is shown in both Uranometria 20000 and Sky

Atlas 20000 It was discovered by RH Frost using a

24-inch refractor at the Arequipa station in the late

1890s (possibly 1898) and catalogued as Frost 791

(Ann Harv Coll Obs Vollx pp179 - 192 ldquoNebula

found by Photographyrdquo) Later the object was entered

into the Index Catalogue (1908) described as ldquopL

bMrdquo - pretty large bright in middle IC 2966 is really

much smaller than this description suggests and the

latest observations limit this size to 30 arcmin across

Classed as ldquo2 Irdquo in Sky Catalogue 20000 and classed

ldquo1rdquo - Bright (1 Brightest - 2 Faintest) of Intermediate

ldquoIrdquo photographic colour (scaled from Red-Grey-

Blue) they give the visual magnitude of the nebula as

1149v (109B) with the general spectral class of B05

Illuminating the nebulosity is the star PPM 778678

CSI -64-14771 (11507-6455) placed a further 24‟ E at

PA 114o of the central nebula position Given as 100

mag (PPM says 95) this star to my eyes appears

distinctly red in the telescope (Note Another star is

111 magnitude GSC 8981293 on the northern edge

the nebulas boundary) Data in the Tycho catalogue

from the Hipparcos satellite give a parallax of 890

mas and if this is the star brightening the nebula

then distance is roughly 110 pc According to Auke

Slotegraaf‟s ldquoDeep Sky Observer‟s Companionrdquo Van

den Bergh and Herbest noted that there is little

difference in the appearance in

either blue or red astronomical

plates - only that the maximum

diameter is 24 arcmin in red and

26 arcmin in blue

Looking at the object the

photographic images and the

data on this object it is possible

that the brightness of the

nebulosity has changed in the

last hundred years or so as most

stars that illuminate reflection

nebulae are more commonly

blue ie like the Pleiades It is

possible that significant

obscuration is being brought

into play here hiding much of

the nebulous light

BC Mus GSC 89812285 (11475

-6443) is merely 16‟ N from the

Centaurus Musca border This

121 mag semi-detached

eclipsing binary can be seen in a

moderate field with the PNe

He2-73 due south and at the

bottom of the field IC 2966 is on

the eastern edge of the same field with BC Mus

located on the NW edge [Actually 20‟ NE of IC 2966

or 26‟ NNW (PA 345o)] Alternatively use the bluish

70 mag HIP 57451 SAO 251582 HD 102370 BD-64

564 PPM 358966 (11466-6446) some 68‟ NE (PA 70o)

The target star is marked by a roughly 14‟ spaced

equilateral triangle of stars whose apex points due

south with the blue-coloured star to the east being

the variable

BC Mus varies between 122p and 145p over

3511171 days Based on the maximum on the 11th

March 1927 (JDE 2424951363) the ratio of the

primary eclipse to the period is 12 being some

042134052 days Seeing this deep 23 mag drop in

Figure 2 IC 2966 Nebula in Musca

Image size 125 x 125 from ALADIN

previewer (Red AAORDSS2 Blue SERI

DSS2 Green average Redblue image

modified by Silvering reducing

saturation) Note L145-141 HIP 57367 will

pass through this nebula in 2640AD

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 12: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 12 Vol 60 4

brightness for an eclipsing binary is unusual and to

catch the magnitude drop of the eclipse you will

certainly have to inspect the field several times

Incidentally about 10‟ to 15‟ NE from this triangle is a

small void almost empty of stars Also the

surrounding fields are scattered with many stars

below 10th magnitude

L145-141 GJ440 HIP 57367 WD1142-645 (11458-

6450) in north-western Musca is one of the closer

stars to the Sun Its main interest is due to the very

high proper motion which is

almost equal in prominence

with the far more famous

southern gem alpha

Centauri L145-141 in fact

has the 27th highest proper

motion known and is the most

southerly of the ldquoTop 100rdquo of

all the quickest moving stars

in the sky It is catalogued as

Gliese-Jones‟s GJ 440 or

alternatively W J Luyten‟s

designation of L145-141 This

faint 115v mag star is easily

found within a lovely starry

field [Note L145-141 in

Uranometria 20000 Chart

450 is shown as a tiny dot

above the ldquo(rdquo of the character

string printed on the chart It

is not the brighter star above

the ldquo(rdquo but the one left of it]

When centred on the nearby

7th mag HIP 57451 L145-141

lies 76‟ SW away along PA

234o almost mirroring the

position of BC Mus and HIP

57451 The actual star is the

southern of two 11th

magnitude stars separated by

13 arcmin Figure 1 shows the 1o field locating both

this star and the variable BC Mus

General proper motions were originally obtained for

this region in the late 1920s with the data published

in 1930 A little later the proximity of the star based

on the measured parallax of 0195 arcsec was found

to be 512pc or 167 ly This happens to be about

twice the current distance of Sirius Hipparcos later

improved the distance to the closer 4617(44) plusmn

0050pc or 1507 plusmn 016 ly from the huge parallax of

021640 plusmn 000211 arcsec making this the 37th closest

star to the Sun More recent observations by Henry T

J et al (1997) during the RECONS observation

program of nearby stars found a slightly improved

value of 021657 plusmn 000201 arcsec and this was

determined by the weighted means of both the

Hipparcos and Yale Parallax Catalog [Note These

data are also available from the ldquoAstronomisches

Rechen-Institutrdquo (AIR) in Heidelberg using the ARICNS

(ARI Data Base for Nearby Stars)]

From this distance the absolute magnitude (Mv) is

1318 being some nine magnitudes or 2100 times

less luminous than the Sun In 1986 the quoted 1144v

magnitude was found using UBV photometry but

more recent observations by Henry et al (1997) find

1150V with the B-V magnitude being the whitish

value of 0196

Observed proper motions for L145-141 have since

proven to be very rapid being similar in value to

alpha Centauri (See NSP 17) with the values in RA

+266517 plusmn 0198 mas and Dec -34683 plusmn 0191 mas

This is equivalent to 2665 arcsec per year or 1o every

1350 years The vector changes in RA by 4442‟ or

0074o and Dec by 0578‟ or 0009o each century

calculating the motion in PA terms as moving

towards PA 974o so that it is

travelling almost due east

Such strong easterly motion is

highly unusual as the majority

of these stars are going the

opposite way (ie directly

opposite even Alpha and

Proxima Centauri) There is

likely some significance in

this as to the origin of the star

that has caused this

prodigious velocity

Presently the proper motion

is towards the emission

nebula IC 2966 (11502-6452)

which it will reach in 2640

AD passing about 2‟ S from its

centre in 2670 AD Eventually

L145-141 will also pass close

to the position of the planetary

IC 4191 (13088-6739) (see

NSP 20) though by then the

PNe nebulosity may already

be totally gone

Spectral data reveal a stellar

white dwarf whose spectral

class was first tentatively

given by Zakhozhaj VA

(1979) as A8VII This was later

changed to ldquoDCrdquo indicating distinct lack of emission

lines or just showing a continuous spectrum This was

again updated to the more modern ldquoDQ6rdquo which

suggests the element carbon is present The ldquo6rdquo in

this instance gauges the surface temperature which

calculated by the equation 50400ldquoTrdquo is 8400K

making its nearest ldquosister starrdquo in temperature

Procyon B in Canis Minor The DQ6 classification is

also similar to the earlier A8 spectrum suggesting the

surface temperature is more like 8200K To date

only UV carbon lines have been detected An

estimated mass for L145-141 is about 05 solar masses

and size can be calculated as about 13000 km across

L145-141 is currently fourth closest of all the known

white dwarfs the first two of course being the

companions to Sirius and Procyon Although this star

is not some PNN it is likely that not too long ago at

least in astronomical terms this was once a PNe

central star The original nebulosity has vanished and

has now long since been forgotten

Two Pairs Near L145-141

In addition to the pair near TZ Mus there are two

more pairs in this field ldquoPair 2rdquo of similar PA and

(Continued bottom next page)

Figure 3 L145-141 HIP 57367 Image of

Surrounding Field and Observed Proper

Motion

HIP 57367 is moving across the field right to left

In 2011 the position is about half the

distance again between the 16 yr (1998-1982)

difference blue star to orange star in image

Image source and format details as for Figure 2

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 13: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 13 Vol 60 4

by Richard Jaworski

Welcome to the return of ldquoSeeing

Doublerdquo In this series of articles

I hope to introduce you to some

of the best visual double stars the

sky has to offer

Gamma Delphini (Struve 2727) is

in my list of the top 10 double

stars The star marks one corner

of the asterism ldquoJobs Coffinrdquo in

the constellation Delphinus I

have observed it many times

with my 15cm f8 Newtonian

reflector To my eye the primary

is yellow and the companion is

pale blue by comparison Some

see the companion as greenish

In reality the primary is a

yellow-white dwarf star (F7V)

and the secondary an orange

subgiant star (K1IV) Gamma is

located 101 light-years from us

Adding to the vista is the nearby

fainter pair Struve 2725 located

15‟ to the southwest and often

overlooked in favour of the more

dominant Gamma Struve 2725 is

located 125 light years from us

and has a different proper motion

to that of Gamma

A sketch of the pair can be found

at Astronomy Sketch of the Day -

httpwwwasodinfop=6351

I hope you can take the time to

enjoy this pair of pairs

(From page 12)

separation is about 3‟ NE of L145-14 but these

are about a magnitude fainter than the high-

proper-motion star ldquoPair 3rdquo is 55‟ S This wider

9698 pair points towards HIP 57451

References L145-141 Hoberg JB et al ldquoA new look at the local white dwarf

populationrdquo Astron J 135 1225 (2008)

Subasavage et al ldquoThe solar neighborhood XXI Parallax

results from the CTIOPI 09 M program 20 new members of

the 25 parsec white dwarf samplerdquo Astron J 137 4547

(2009)

Zakhozhaj VA ldquoCatalogue of nearest stars until 10pcrdquo

Vestnik Khar‟kovskogo Universiteta (VKha) 190 52

(1979)

Next in NSP 23

He2-68 on the Eastern Corner of Musca

Seeing DoubleDouble

Star RA Dec Mags PA Separation

Gamma Del 20 467 +16 07 43 52 266 9rdquo0

Struve 2725 20 462 +15 54 71 79 10 6rdquo1

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 14: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 14 Vol 60 4

Dear Members

Please be advised that a special general meeting of the Astronomical Society of NSW will be

held on Friday 11th November 2011 at the Epping Creative Centre commencing at 800pm

The purpose of the meeting is to vote on the Committee‟s nomination of

John Flavin for Life Membership

All members are encouraged to attend

Paul Hatchman President

Special General Meeting Friday 11

th

November 2011

Another School Year Over

Despite a lot of what could only

be described as inconsiderate

weather in the early part of the

year in the last month

members of the Society have

visited 3 schools to share the

night sky with students

18th August was Oakhill College

at Castle Hill It was a fairly cool

night with very clear skies and

not too bad seeing for suburban

Sydney Oakhill College is a

school that the Society has been

going to for many years This

year we had 9 members with 6

telescopes and 2 displays in

attendance Harry Roberts had

head science teacher Sandra

Woodward looking at spectra of

Antares whilst Karen

Whittingham was capturing the

spectra on a DMK 21 with

Harry‟s C8 Peter Kinna had his

Milky Way Galaxy model and

Crux distance and local solar

neighbourhood spectral

displays out and these always

get a large gathering to see

them Saturn was the champion

of the night

3rd September was an Open

Night at Tara Anglican School

for Girls at North Parramatta

Over the last 2-3 years the

ASNSW has had a very close

association with Tara and it was

a great pleasure to help them

out with their first open night

Once again the weather was

very kind to us with pretty good

skies despite a 4-5 day old

Moon The guest speaker on

the night was Professor Katherine

Blundell from Oxford University

and Project Leader of the Global

Jet Watch program of which Tara

is one of the participating schools

Students parents and teachers all

got to walk around the observing

field after the talk looking

through telescopes of varying

sizes and types at objects being

shown by members of ASNSW

Twelve members with telescopes

were on hand to help out with the

large crowd Member Karen

Whittingham had students taking

images of the Moon through her

10rdquo LX 200 with a DMK 21 camera

and then emailed the images out

to the students the following day

The evening ended inside the

Dome with ASNSW members

suggesting good objects to be

imaged with the 20rdquo RCOS

Barnard‟s Galaxy and the Bug

Nebula were amongst the objects

imaged

6th September saw the Society

doing a school night at

Abbotsleigh Ladies College

another school that has invited us

back year after year for the last

decade plus some The weather

forecast was looking a bit

foreboding the day before and we

were looking out the window all

day Tuesday to see if the clouds

had rolled in yet Luck was on our

side as we headed up the Pacific

Highway to Wahroonga and we

arrived and set up on the tennis

courts to a very clear night with

only ordinary seeing Saturn will

aways win a crowd even at low

altitude A quick walk around the

scopes to see what was on show

Member Jack Giles had a C11

with a CCD camera at Hyperstar

focus and was imaging M8 and

even though it was very near an

8 day old Moon he was still able

to capture the Hourglass Nebula

Gary Kopff had Neptune in the

18rdquo Obsession scope which was

a real treat for the students Most

humans never see Neptune in the

flesh Globular clusters open

clusters carbon stars and the

Moon all make for a good mix of

objects for the students and

teachers to look at and just as

the last students left the

observing area the sky

deteriorated and by the time

pack up was complete the sky

was gone

The following members have

helped out this year at schools

and I would like to thank them on

behalf of the Society Barry

Gerdes Mick McCullagh Chris

Douglass Harry Roberts Karen

Whittingham Peter Kinna and his

friend (sorry forgot your name)

Alex Comino George Comanos

Richard Jaworski Brett and

Francis White Mark Notary Jack

Giles Gary Kopff Dave Scott

Paddy DeKlerk John Flavin and

an unknown member who came

to Oakhill to help out

School nights will again be

happening next year

Come along have some fun

All the above people had a ball )

Cheers Don Whiteman

Ground-based Reports School Nights

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011

Page 15: Universe - Sample Issue

UNIVERSE 15 Vol 60 4

ASNSW EVENTS

Meetings

Friday 7th October 2011 at 800pm

Observational astronomy from Tycho Brahe to

William Herschel

Geoff Smith Observations Officer ASNSW

Friday 14th October 2011 at 800pm

Making the Sky Dark

Dr Simon Ellis AAO

Friday 11th November 2011 at 800pm SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING

to vote on Life Membership of John Flavin

Observing Sessions

Crago Observatory 22nd October 19th November

Wiruna 28th - 29th October 25th-26th November

SYDNEY

Astronomy Open Night

at Macquarie University NOTE CHANGE OF DATE

Saturday 29th October 2011

from 630pm to 10pm At 730pm hear Prof Andrew Melatos University of

Melbourne Neutron Stars Natures Most Extreme

Quantum Laboratories

Charges $5 ChildConc $12 Adult $27 Family

[invalid link deleted from sample issue] Please bring along a telescope to share to gain free

entry and join in the fun

Tuesday November 1st ndash 29th from 6pm to 8pm Exploring the Heavens

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash An Introduction to Astronomy Course

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

Thursday November 3rd ndash December 1st 6pm to 8pm Understanding Gravity

Sydney Observatory Adult Astronomy Course

Dr Paul Payne ndash Learn the Fundamentals of Gravity

httpwwwsydneyobservatorycomaueducationadult

-astronomy-courses

REGIONAL NSW

October 27th - 30th 2011 Sixth Annual IceInSpace Astro-Camp (IISAC)

Lostock Scout Camp in the Hunter Valley of NSW

Star Party organised by IceInSpace

For more information prices and registration visit

httpwwwiceinspacecomauiisachtml

October 8th - 9th 2011 from 9am ndash 4pm both days Parkes (The Dish) Telescope 50th Anniversary

Open Days

Free entry ndash telescope tours astronomer talks and

QampA sessions and a look behind the scenes at ASKAP ndash

loads of family activities for all

Saturday October 8th 2011 at 6pm Opera at the Dish

For more information check out

httpwwwparkesatnfcsiroaunews_events

opendays2011

October 14th - 28th 2011 The Great World Wide Star Count

Count the stars in Sagittarius

httpwwwwindows2universeorgcitizen_science

starcountconstellations_shhtml

Friday October 14th 2011 at 630pm Science in the Pub Is there anybody out there

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

ANU Astronomers Prof Charlie Lineweaver Dr Daniel

Bayliss and AAO astronomer Dr Simon O‟Toole will

light-heartedly discuss the search for ET Compered

by the ABC Western Plains Sally Bryant

Saturday October 15th 2011 from 10am to 4pm Siding Spring Open Day

Come and see behind the scenes at Australia‟s largest

professional Optical Observatory

Saturday October 15th 2011 Bok Lecture

Prof Mike Bessell ndash Free Astronomical Lecture in

Coonabarabran Central West NSW

For information on the above events contact Donna

Burton [details withheld from sample issue]

ACT

November 6th 2011 - 10am to 4pm Mt Stromlo Observatory Open Day

Contact Mt Stromlo Observatory 02 6125 0230

VICTORIA

October 19th 2011 630pm - 730pm Public Lecture ndash Into the Heart of a Globular Cluster

httpastronomyswineduauoutreach

topic=freelectures

October 28th - 31st 2011 VicSouth Desert Spring Star Party

More info httpvicsouthinfovicsouth2011htm

QUEENSLAND

October 3rd 2011 5pm ndash 6pm Innovation Annual Lecture Sleuthing for Exoplanets

httpwwwscienceuqeduauan-invitation-to-

innovation-annual-lecture

EVENT HORIZON WORLDWIDE ASTRONOMY DAY

Saturday 1st October 2011